1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type
;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno
;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno
;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno
;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab
*got_entries
;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count
;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages
;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count
;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection
*stub_section
;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
310 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
312 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
314 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx
;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type
;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
444 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
446 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
447 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
449 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
463 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
464 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
466 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
467 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
469 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
470 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
472 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
475 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
476 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
478 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
479 See the comment above that structure for details. */
480 asection
*strampoline
;
482 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
486 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
487 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
488 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
489 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
491 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
493 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
496 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
498 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
499 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
500 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
502 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
503 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
505 /* The usual link-wide information. */
506 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
509 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
513 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
515 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
517 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
518 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
520 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
524 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
526 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
527 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
529 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
530 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
550 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
553 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
554 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
558 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
563 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
564 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
565 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
569 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
571 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
574 "_procedure_string_table",
575 "_procedure_table_size",
579 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
584 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
585 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
586 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
587 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
588 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
589 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
598 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
599 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
600 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
604 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
605 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
606 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
607 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
608 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
609 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
614 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
615 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
616 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
617 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
618 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
626 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
632 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
634 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
636 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
637 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
638 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
639 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
640 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
641 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
642 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
643 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
645 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
646 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
647 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
648 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
649 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
651 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
652 has different meaning for each type:
655 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
656 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
657 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
658 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
661 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
662 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
663 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
664 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
666 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
667 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
668 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
669 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
671 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
672 loader for use by the static exception system. */
674 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
675 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
676 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
677 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
678 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
679 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
680 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
681 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
682 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
683 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
685 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
687 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
688 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
690 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
691 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
693 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
694 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
695 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
697 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
698 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
700 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
701 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
703 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
704 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
705 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
706 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
708 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
709 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
711 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
712 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
713 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
714 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
715 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
717 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
718 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
719 for RM9000 for now. */
720 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
721 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
723 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
724 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
726 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
728 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
729 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
731 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
733 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
734 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
735 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
737 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
738 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
739 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
741 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
742 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
743 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
745 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
746 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
748 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
749 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
750 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
752 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
753 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
754 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
756 /* The name of the options section. */
757 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
758 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
760 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
761 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
762 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
763 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
765 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
766 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
767 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
768 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
770 /* The name of the stub section. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
773 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
774 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
775 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
777 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
778 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
779 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
781 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
782 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
783 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
785 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
786 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
787 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
789 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
790 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
793 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
795 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
797 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
799 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
801 /* Get word-sized data. */
802 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
803 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
805 /* Put out word-sized data. */
806 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
808 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
809 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
811 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
813 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
815 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
817 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
819 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
820 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
822 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
824 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
826 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
827 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
828 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
829 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
831 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
832 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
834 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
835 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
837 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
838 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
839 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
841 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
843 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
845 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
846 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
848 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
849 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
850 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
852 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
853 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
854 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
855 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
856 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
857 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
858 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
860 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
861 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
863 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
864 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
866 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
869 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
870 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
871 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
872 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
875 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
876 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
877 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
878 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
879 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
880 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
881 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
882 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
884 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
885 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
887 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
889 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
890 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
893 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
894 floating point arguments.
896 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
897 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
898 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
899 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
900 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
901 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
902 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
903 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
905 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
906 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
907 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
908 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
909 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
910 stub should be discarded.
912 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
913 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
914 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
915 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
916 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
917 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
918 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
921 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
922 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
923 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
925 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
927 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
928 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
929 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
931 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
932 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
933 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
935 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
936 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
938 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
939 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
940 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
941 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
942 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
943 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
944 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
945 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
948 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
949 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
950 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
952 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
953 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
954 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
955 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
956 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
957 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
958 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
959 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
962 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
963 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
964 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
966 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
967 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
968 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
969 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
970 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
971 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
972 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
973 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
976 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
977 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
979 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
980 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
981 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
982 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
985 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
986 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
988 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
989 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
990 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
991 0x00000000, /* nop */
992 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
996 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
997 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
999 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1000 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1001 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1002 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1003 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1004 0x00000000, /* nop */
1005 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1006 0x00000000 /* nop */
1009 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1010 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1012 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1013 0x00000000, /* nop */
1014 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1015 0x00000000, /* nop */
1016 0x00000000, /* nop */
1017 0x00000000 /* nop */
1020 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1023 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1024 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1027 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1030 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1032 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1033 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1036 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1039 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1041 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1044 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1046 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1047 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1048 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1051 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1053 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1054 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1056 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1059 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1060 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1062 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1063 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1066 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1068 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1069 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1071 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1075 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1077 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1078 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1080 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1083 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1085 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1086 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1087 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1090 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1092 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1095 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1097 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1099 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1100 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1101 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1105 /* Set local fields. */
1106 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1107 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1108 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1111 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1112 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1113 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1114 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1115 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1116 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1117 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1118 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1119 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1120 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1121 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1122 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1123 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1126 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1129 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1132 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1134 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1139 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1141 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1143 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1144 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1146 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1149 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1152 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1155 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1156 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1159 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1160 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1163 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1166 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1167 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1169 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1170 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1173 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1174 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1177 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1178 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1180 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1182 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1183 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1184 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1187 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1188 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1189 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1190 goto error_return; \
1191 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1192 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1193 goto error_return; \
1196 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1197 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1198 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1199 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1200 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1201 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1203 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1204 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1205 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1206 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1207 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1215 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1217 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1219 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1220 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1221 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1222 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1223 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1224 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1225 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1226 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1227 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1228 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1229 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1231 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1232 free (debug
->ssext
);
1233 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1234 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1235 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1236 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1237 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1238 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1242 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1245 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1247 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1252 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1254 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1255 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1257 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1260 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1263 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1264 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1265 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1267 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1268 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1270 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1272 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1273 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1277 bfd_size_type count
;
1278 unsigned long sindex
;
1282 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1290 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1292 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1293 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1296 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1298 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1302 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1305 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1306 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1310 size
= sizeof (char *);
1311 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1315 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1316 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1317 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1321 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1324 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1325 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1328 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1331 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1332 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1334 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1335 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1336 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1337 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1338 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1339 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1340 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1341 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1342 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1343 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1345 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1346 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1350 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1351 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1352 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1355 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1359 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1362 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1364 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1365 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1366 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1367 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1369 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1370 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1371 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1373 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1375 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1377 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1379 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1380 matters, but someday it might). */
1381 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1410 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1411 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1414 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1416 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1419 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1423 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1426 /* Create a new symbol. */
1427 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1429 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1430 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1434 /* Make it a local function. */
1435 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1436 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1438 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1442 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1443 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1447 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1448 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1457 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1458 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1459 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1460 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1461 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1463 /* Create a new symbol. */
1464 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1466 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1467 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1471 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1472 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1473 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1474 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1475 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1476 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1480 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1481 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1484 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1488 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1489 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1490 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1491 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1492 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1495 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1496 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1497 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1499 static unsigned long
1500 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1501 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1502 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1503 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1505 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1506 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1508 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1509 one in a compound relocation. */
1510 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1511 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1512 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1514 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1515 the traditional behavior. */
1516 if (relocs
< relend
)
1517 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1522 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1526 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1529 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1530 objects try to call them. */
1531 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1532 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1534 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1535 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1538 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1539 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1541 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1542 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1543 being included in the link. */
1544 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1545 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1546 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1547 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1550 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1551 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1553 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1554 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1555 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1556 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1557 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1558 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1559 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1562 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1563 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1565 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1566 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1567 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1568 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1569 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1570 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1571 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1575 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1578 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1580 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1582 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1583 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1584 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1588 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1590 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1592 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1593 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1594 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1595 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1596 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1597 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1600 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1601 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1605 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1606 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1609 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1611 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1615 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1616 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1617 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1618 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1624 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1625 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1626 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1627 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1628 entry points are of interest here. */
1631 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1633 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1634 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1635 && h
->root
.def_regular
1636 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1637 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1638 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1639 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1640 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1643 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1644 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1647 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1650 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1652 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1653 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1658 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1659 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1663 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1664 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1665 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1668 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1669 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1673 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1676 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1680 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1681 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1684 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1686 /* Create the section. */
1687 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1688 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1689 input_section
->output_section
);
1693 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1694 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1695 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1698 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1700 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1701 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1702 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1703 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1705 /* Allocate room for it. */
1710 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1711 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1712 the function symbol to it. */
1715 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1716 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1718 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1721 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1725 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1726 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1729 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1730 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1731 input_section
->output_section
);
1732 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1734 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1737 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1738 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1739 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1740 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1742 /* Allocate room for it. */
1747 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1748 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1751 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1754 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1755 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1756 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1761 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1762 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1766 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1767 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1771 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1775 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1778 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1779 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1783 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1784 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1790 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1791 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1792 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1793 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1795 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1796 return (use_trampoline_p
1797 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1798 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1801 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1802 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1805 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1807 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1809 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1810 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1811 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1813 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1815 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1816 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1817 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1820 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1821 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1822 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1823 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1825 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1827 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1828 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1830 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1839 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1840 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1843 The format of these instructions is:
1845 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1846 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1847 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1849 +-----------------------------------------------+
1851 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1852 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1854 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1855 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1856 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1857 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1858 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1859 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1860 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1861 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1862 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1863 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1866 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1867 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1868 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1869 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1870 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1871 value as two 16-bit values.
1873 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1877 +--------+----------------------+
1881 +--------+----------------------+
1884 +----------+------+-------------+
1888 +----------+--------------------+
1889 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1890 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1892 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1893 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1894 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1895 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1896 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1898 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1899 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1900 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1903 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1904 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1905 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1906 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1907 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1909 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1911 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1912 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1913 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1914 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1915 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1917 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1920 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1921 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1922 little-endian system. */
1924 static inline bfd_boolean
1925 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1930 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1931 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1932 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1935 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1937 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1938 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1939 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1941 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1949 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1951 static inline bfd_boolean
1952 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1954 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1957 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1958 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1959 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1961 static inline bfd_boolean
1962 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1964 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1965 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1966 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1969 static inline bfd_boolean
1970 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1972 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1973 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1974 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1977 static inline bfd_boolean
1978 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1980 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1981 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1982 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1985 static inline bfd_boolean
1986 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1988 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1991 static inline bfd_boolean
1992 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1994 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
1997 static inline bfd_boolean
1998 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2000 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2003 static inline bfd_boolean
2004 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2006 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2009 static inline bfd_boolean
2010 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2012 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2015 static inline bfd_boolean
2016 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2018 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2021 static inline bfd_boolean
2022 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2024 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2027 static inline bfd_boolean
2028 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2030 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2031 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2032 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2035 static inline bfd_boolean
2036 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2038 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2039 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2040 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2043 static inline bfd_boolean
2044 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2046 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2049 static inline bfd_boolean
2050 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2052 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2053 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2054 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2057 static inline bfd_boolean
2058 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2060 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2061 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2062 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2063 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2066 static inline bfd_boolean
2067 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2069 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2070 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2071 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2074 static inline bfd_boolean
2075 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2077 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2078 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2079 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2082 static inline bfd_boolean
2083 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2085 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2086 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2087 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2091 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2092 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2094 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2096 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2099 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2100 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2101 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2102 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2103 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2104 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2105 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2106 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2108 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2109 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2110 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2114 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2115 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2117 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2119 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2122 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2123 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2125 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2128 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2130 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2131 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2135 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2136 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2137 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2139 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2140 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2143 bfd_reloc_status_type
2144 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2145 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2146 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2150 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2152 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2155 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2157 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2158 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2160 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2161 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2163 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2164 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2166 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2168 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2169 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2170 an external symbol. */
2172 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2173 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2175 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2177 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2179 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2180 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2184 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2187 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2189 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2192 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2193 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2194 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2199 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2201 asection
*input_section
;
2205 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2207 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2209 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2210 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2211 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2213 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2214 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2215 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2216 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2218 bfd_reloc_status_type
2219 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2220 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2221 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2222 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2224 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2226 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2227 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2229 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2231 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2233 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2235 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2236 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2239 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2240 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2242 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2245 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2246 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2247 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2249 bfd_reloc_status_type
2250 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2251 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2252 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2254 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2257 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2258 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2259 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2262 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2263 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2266 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2267 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2268 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2270 bfd_reloc_status_type
2271 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2272 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2273 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2276 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2278 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2279 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2283 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2284 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2287 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2289 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2290 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2292 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2294 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2295 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2296 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2297 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2298 has a rightshift of 0. */
2299 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2300 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2301 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2302 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2303 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2304 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2306 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2307 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2308 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2310 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2311 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2313 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2316 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2320 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2321 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2325 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2326 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2327 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2329 bfd_reloc_status_type
2330 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2331 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2332 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2333 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2336 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2337 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2339 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2341 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2342 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2344 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2346 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2348 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2349 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2350 offset or address. */
2351 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2352 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2357 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2358 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2359 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2360 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2362 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2363 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2364 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2368 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2369 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2370 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2371 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2372 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2373 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2376 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2378 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2379 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2381 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2382 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2384 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2394 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2396 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2399 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2400 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2403 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2406 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2407 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2411 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2412 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2419 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2420 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2423 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2425 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2426 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2427 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2431 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2432 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2436 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2437 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2438 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2439 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2440 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2442 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2445 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2446 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2447 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2450 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2453 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2454 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2455 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2456 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2457 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2458 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2462 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2463 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2465 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2469 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2470 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2473 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2474 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2475 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2476 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2477 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2480 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2481 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2483 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2484 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2485 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2486 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2487 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2488 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2489 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2493 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2494 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2496 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2497 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2498 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2499 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2500 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2501 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2502 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2505 /* Swap in an options header. */
2508 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2509 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2511 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2512 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2513 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2514 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2517 /* Swap out an options header. */
2520 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2521 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2523 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2524 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2525 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2526 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2529 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2530 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2533 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2535 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2536 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2542 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2546 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2548 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2553 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2556 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2557 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2560 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2561 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2563 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2564 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2565 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2566 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2568 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2570 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2573 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2575 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2584 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2585 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2586 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2587 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2588 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2589 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2590 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2591 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2592 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2593 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2594 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2595 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2596 when generating a final executable. */
2599 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2601 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2603 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2605 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2607 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2608 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2609 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2610 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2611 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2613 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2614 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2615 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2616 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2617 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2625 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2628 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2629 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2630 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2631 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2632 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2633 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2635 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2636 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2640 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2642 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2643 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2644 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2646 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2647 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2648 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2650 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2652 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2654 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2655 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2657 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2659 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2660 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2661 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2664 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2666 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2667 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2668 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2673 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2674 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2676 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2677 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2678 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2679 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2682 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2684 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2685 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2686 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2687 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2688 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2689 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2690 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2691 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2692 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2693 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2694 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2695 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2696 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2697 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2698 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2699 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2700 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2702 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2706 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2707 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2710 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2711 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2712 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2713 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2715 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2716 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2717 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2718 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2720 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2721 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2722 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2723 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2724 + sec
->output_offset
2725 + output_section
->vma
);
2727 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2733 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2734 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2736 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2738 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2739 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2740 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2742 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2745 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2746 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2747 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2748 + sec
->output_offset
2749 + output_section
->vma
);
2751 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2756 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2757 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2760 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2767 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2770 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2772 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2773 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2775 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2778 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2780 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2783 static INLINE hashval_t
2784 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2787 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2793 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2794 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2798 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2800 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2802 return entry
->symndx
2803 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
2804 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2806 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
2807 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2811 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2813 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2814 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2816 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2817 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2820 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2821 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2822 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2823 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2826 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2827 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2828 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2832 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2834 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2836 return entry
->symndx
2838 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2839 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2840 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2841 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2843 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2844 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2848 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2850 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2851 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2853 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2854 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2857 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2858 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2861 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2862 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2863 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2864 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2865 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2869 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2871 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2873 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2874 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2878 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2880 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2882 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2883 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2884 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2887 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2888 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2889 if creation fails. */
2892 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2898 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2899 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2900 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2901 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2903 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2908 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2911 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2912 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2918 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2919 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2923 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2928 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2929 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2931 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2932 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2935 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2937 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2938 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2944 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2951 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2954 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2960 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2961 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2964 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2966 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2967 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2969 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2970 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2975 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2976 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2979 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2981 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2982 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2983 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2985 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2986 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2989 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2991 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2997 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2998 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3001 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
3003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3004 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
3005 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3007 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3008 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3011 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
3016 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3019 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3021 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3026 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3028 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3030 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3031 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3033 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3035 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3036 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3038 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3041 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3042 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3044 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3047 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3050 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
3051 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
3052 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3053 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3056 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3058 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3059 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
3060 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3062 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3071 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3073 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3074 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3075 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3078 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
3081 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3083 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3084 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3087 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3088 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3089 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3090 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3091 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3093 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3094 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3096 /* General Dynamic. */
3097 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3099 offset
= got_offset
;
3100 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3104 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3105 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3106 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3107 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3110 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3111 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3112 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3113 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
3115 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3116 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3120 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3121 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3122 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3123 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3126 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3129 /* Initial Exec model. */
3130 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3132 offset
= got_offset
;
3137 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3138 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3140 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3141 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3143 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3144 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3145 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3146 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3149 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3150 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3153 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3155 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3156 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3157 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3158 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3159 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3162 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3163 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3165 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3166 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3167 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3168 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3171 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
3174 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3175 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3176 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3177 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3180 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
3181 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3182 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
3184 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
)
3185 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
3186 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
));
3188 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
3190 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3192 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
3193 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3194 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3199 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3201 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
3205 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3207 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
3214 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3215 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3216 will be negative. */
3219 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3220 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3222 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3225 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3226 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3228 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3230 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3231 section starts with reserved entries. */
3232 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3234 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3235 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3237 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3238 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3239 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3242 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3243 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3244 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3245 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3247 return got_address
- got_value
;
3250 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3251 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3252 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3253 offset can be found. */
3256 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3257 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3258 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3260 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3261 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3263 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3264 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3266 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3267 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3271 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3273 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && htab
->got_info
->next
== NULL
)
3274 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3275 hash table entry to track the index. */
3276 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
3277 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3279 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
3280 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3283 return entry
->gotidx
;
3286 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3289 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3290 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3292 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3294 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
3295 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3297 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3298 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3300 gg
= g
= htab
->got_info
;
3301 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
3303 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
3305 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
3307 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3308 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3312 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
3315 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
3317 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
3319 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3321 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3322 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3323 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3324 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3325 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3326 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3327 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3329 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
3330 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
3337 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3338 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3340 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3343 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3344 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3346 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3347 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3348 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3349 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3350 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3351 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3353 got_index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
3354 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
3358 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3359 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3360 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3362 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3363 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3364 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3366 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3371 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3372 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3373 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3374 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3375 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3378 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3379 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3381 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3382 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3384 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3385 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3386 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3391 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3394 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3399 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3400 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3401 symbol that binds locally. */
3404 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3405 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3407 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3409 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3410 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3411 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3412 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3414 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3416 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3417 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3418 same in all cases. */
3419 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3420 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3422 return entry
->gotidx
;
3427 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3431 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3432 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3438 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3439 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3442 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3443 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3445 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3448 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3449 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3450 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3453 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3454 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3455 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3456 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3457 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3460 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3461 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3464 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3465 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3469 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
3472 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, ibfd
);
3475 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, abfd
);
3476 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3479 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3481 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3482 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3484 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
3487 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3489 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
3495 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3501 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
3502 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
3508 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3513 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3516 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3521 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3523 if (g
->assigned_gotno
> g
->local_gotno
)
3525 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
3526 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3527 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3528 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3533 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
3534 (htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
3536 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3537 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3539 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3542 bfd_vma got_address
;
3544 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3545 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3546 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3549 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3550 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3551 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3552 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3553 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3559 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3560 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3561 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3562 the current linking stage. */
3564 static bfd_size_type
3565 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3567 bfd_size_type count
;
3570 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3573 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3575 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3576 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3577 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3578 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3579 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3585 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3586 appear towards the end. */
3589 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3591 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3592 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3593 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3595 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3598 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3599 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3606 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3607 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3608 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3609 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3610 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3611 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3612 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3615 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3616 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3617 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3618 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3619 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3620 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3621 == g
->global_gotno
);
3623 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3624 table index in the GOT. */
3625 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3630 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3631 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3635 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3637 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3639 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3641 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3644 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3647 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3651 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3652 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3655 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3656 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3657 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3658 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3665 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3666 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3667 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3668 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3671 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3672 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3673 bfd_boolean for_call
,
3674 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3678 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3679 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3681 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3682 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3684 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3686 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3688 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3690 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3692 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3696 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3699 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3703 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3709 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3712 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3715 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3716 need to do it again. */
3719 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3723 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3729 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3731 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3734 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3739 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3740 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3743 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3744 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3745 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3747 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3748 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3749 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3751 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3752 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3755 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3758 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3759 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3760 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3761 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
3762 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
3766 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
3769 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3771 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
3774 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3782 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3783 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
3785 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
3787 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3789 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
3795 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
3799 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3804 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3809 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3812 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3814 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3817 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3818 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3820 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3821 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3822 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3825 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3826 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3828 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3829 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3830 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3831 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3832 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3841 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3843 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3844 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3848 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3850 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3853 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3858 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3859 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3860 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3864 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3866 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3867 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3868 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3870 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3871 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3872 a new singleton range. */
3874 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3876 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3880 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3881 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3882 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3890 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3891 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3893 /* Update the ranges. */
3894 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3895 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3896 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3898 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3900 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3901 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3902 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3905 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3908 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3909 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3910 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3912 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3913 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3919 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3922 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3928 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3929 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3931 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3932 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3934 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3935 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3940 /* Make room for a null element. */
3941 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3944 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3948 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3949 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3952 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3954 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3955 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3957 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3958 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3959 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3961 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3964 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3965 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3967 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3974 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3975 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3976 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3980 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3983 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3986 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3987 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3988 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3990 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3993 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3994 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3996 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3997 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4001 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
4012 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4013 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4016 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4018 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
4021 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
4022 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
4025 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
4026 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4027 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4028 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
4029 if (new_got
== NULL
)
4032 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
4033 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
4038 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4039 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4040 in the master GOT. */
4043 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4045 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4047 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4049 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4050 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4052 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4054 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4055 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4056 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4057 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4058 live in the local GOT.
4060 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4061 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4062 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4063 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4064 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4065 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4066 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4068 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4069 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4070 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4071 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4073 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4075 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4076 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4077 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4078 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4079 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4080 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4081 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4085 if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4086 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4092 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4095 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
4097 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
4098 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
4100 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
4103 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4106 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
4108 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
4109 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
4110 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
4111 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
4113 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
4116 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4117 be the master GOT data. */
4119 static struct mips_got_info
*
4120 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4122 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
4128 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
4129 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
4132 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4133 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4135 static struct mips_got_info
*
4136 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab
*bfd2got
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
4139 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
4140 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4143 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= input_bfd
;
4144 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
4145 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) *bfdgotp
;
4149 bfdgot
= ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)
4150 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
)));
4156 g
= ((struct mips_got_info
*)
4157 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
)));
4161 bfdgot
->bfd
= input_bfd
;
4164 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4165 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4166 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4169 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
4171 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4172 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4173 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4174 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4175 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4178 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4179 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4180 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4190 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4191 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4192 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4196 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4198 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4199 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4200 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4202 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4209 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4210 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4211 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4216 if (entry
->tls_type
)
4218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4223 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
4231 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4232 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4235 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4237 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4238 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*) p
;
4239 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4241 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4248 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4249 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4250 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4254 g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4258 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4259 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4260 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4261 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4262 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4265 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
,
4266 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4267 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4269 struct mips_got_info
*from
= bfd2got
->g
;
4270 unsigned int estimate
;
4272 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4273 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4274 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4275 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4277 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4279 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4280 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4282 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4283 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4284 conservatively as well. */
4285 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4286 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4288 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4290 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4291 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4294 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4297 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4298 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, arg
);
4299 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4302 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
, arg
);
4303 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4306 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4307 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4309 htab_delete (from
->got_entries
);
4310 htab_delete (from
->got_page_entries
);
4314 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4315 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4316 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4317 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4318 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4319 and then make make the new got current. */
4322 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
4324 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
4325 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
4326 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4327 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4328 unsigned int estimate
;
4333 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4334 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4335 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4336 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4337 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4339 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4340 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4341 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4342 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4343 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4345 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4347 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4348 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4351 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
4355 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4356 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4361 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4364 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4371 overflows anyway. */
4372 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4378 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4379 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4382 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4384 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4385 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
4387 unsigned char tls_type
;
4389 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4390 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
4393 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
4395 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
4397 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4398 hash table entry to track its index. */
4399 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4401 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4402 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
4403 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
4407 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
4409 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4410 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4411 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4412 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4414 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
4417 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
4419 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
4420 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
4423 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4424 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4425 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
4426 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4427 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4432 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4433 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4434 got) to the given VALUE.
4436 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4437 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4438 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4439 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4440 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4441 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4442 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4443 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4446 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4448 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4449 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
4450 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
4451 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4453 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
4454 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
4455 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
4456 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
4458 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4459 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4460 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4464 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
4466 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
4467 if (arg
->info
->shared
4468 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4469 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4470 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4471 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
4474 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4480 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4481 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4482 lazy-binding stubs. */
4485 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4487 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4488 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4489 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4491 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4492 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4493 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4494 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4496 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4497 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4498 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4500 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4501 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4507 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4510 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4512 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4515 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
4519 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4523 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4524 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4527 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4528 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4531 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4532 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4535 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4536 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
4537 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4538 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4541 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4542 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4543 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4546 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
4547 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4548 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4551 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
4552 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4553 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4555 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4556 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4557 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4558 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4561 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4562 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
,
4564 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4567 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4568 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4569 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4570 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4571 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4572 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4573 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4574 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4576 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4578 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4579 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4580 to be the primary GOT. */
4581 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4582 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4585 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4586 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4588 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
4589 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
4590 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
4593 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4594 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
4595 g
->next
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4596 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
4597 g
->next
->page_gotno
= 0;
4598 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
4599 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4600 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4601 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4602 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4603 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
4605 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4607 g
->next
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4608 mips_got_page_entry_eq
,
4610 if (g
->next
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4612 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
4615 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4616 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4618 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4622 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4623 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4624 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4625 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4628 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
4631 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
4632 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
4639 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
4641 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
4645 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4646 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4647 those that are actually referenced. */
4648 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4649 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4651 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
4652 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4653 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4654 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4655 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4656 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4657 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4659 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4660 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4661 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4662 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4663 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4664 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4665 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4666 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4667 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4668 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4669 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4670 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4671 points back to the master GOT. */
4672 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4673 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4680 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4682 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4683 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4684 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4685 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4686 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4688 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4689 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4690 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4695 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4696 all non-TLS entries. */
4697 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4698 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
4699 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4701 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4704 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4705 lazy-binding stubs. */
4707 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4711 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
4712 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
4713 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4716 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4717 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
4718 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4720 unsigned int save_assign
;
4722 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4723 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4724 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4725 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
4726 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
4727 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
4728 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4729 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4730 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
4731 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
<= g
->global_gotno
);
4733 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4736 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4737 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4738 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4739 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4740 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4745 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4752 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4753 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4755 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4756 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4757 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4758 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4760 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4762 while (relocation
< relend
)
4764 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4765 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4771 /* We didn't find it. */
4775 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4778 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4779 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4780 asection
**local_sections
)
4782 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4783 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4786 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4787 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4788 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4790 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4792 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4798 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4801 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4803 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4804 /* VALUE is negative. */
4805 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4810 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4811 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4815 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4817 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4819 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4820 /* The value is too big. */
4822 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4823 /* The value is too small. */
4830 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4833 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4835 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4838 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4841 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4844 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4851 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4854 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4857 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4864 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4867 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4868 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4871 register asection
*s
;
4873 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4875 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4878 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4880 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4881 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4884 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4890 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4893 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4896 register asection
*s
;
4897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4898 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4899 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4901 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4904 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4906 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4910 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4911 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4913 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4914 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4915 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4917 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4921 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4922 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4923 are not creating a global offset table. */
4925 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4926 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4927 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4930 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4933 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4934 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4937 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4940 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
4941 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4944 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4945 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4946 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4950 g
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4953 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4954 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4955 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4956 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4958 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4959 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4960 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4963 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4964 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4966 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4967 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4968 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4971 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4979 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4980 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4981 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4984 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4986 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4988 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4989 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4992 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4993 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4994 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4998 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
4999 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5001 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5002 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5003 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5004 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5005 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5006 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5013 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5014 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5015 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5016 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5017 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5021 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5028 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5029 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5030 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5032 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5033 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5034 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5036 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5037 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5038 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5039 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5041 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5042 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5043 asection
*input_section
,
5044 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5045 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5046 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5047 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5048 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5050 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5051 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5053 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5055 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5058 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5059 shared object file being produced. */
5061 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5064 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5066 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5067 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5068 during execution. */
5069 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5070 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5072 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5073 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5074 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5076 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5077 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5078 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5079 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5080 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5081 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5084 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5086 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5087 relocation value. */
5088 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5089 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5090 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5091 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5092 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5095 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5096 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5097 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5099 /* Parse the relocation. */
5100 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5101 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5102 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5103 + input_section
->output_offset
5104 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5106 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5107 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5109 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5110 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5111 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5112 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5114 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5115 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5116 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5119 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5120 must come before globals. */
5124 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5127 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5129 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5130 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5132 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5133 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5134 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5135 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5136 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5137 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5139 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5141 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5144 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5145 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5148 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5149 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5150 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5153 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5155 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5156 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5160 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5162 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5163 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5164 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5165 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5166 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5167 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5168 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5170 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5171 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5173 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5174 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5175 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5176 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5178 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5179 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5180 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5181 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5185 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5186 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5187 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5188 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5191 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5192 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5193 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5195 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5196 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5197 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5199 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5200 if (sec
->output_section
)
5201 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5202 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5203 + sec
->output_offset
);
5205 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5207 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5208 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5209 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5210 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5213 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5214 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5216 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5217 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5219 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5220 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5221 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5222 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5223 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5225 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5226 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5229 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5231 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5232 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5233 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5234 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5235 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5236 which is available from here:
5237 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5240 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5241 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5242 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5243 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5244 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5246 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5250 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5253 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5254 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5255 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5256 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
5257 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
5260 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5261 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5263 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5265 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5266 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5268 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5269 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5270 && !info
->relocatable
5272 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5273 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5275 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5276 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5277 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5279 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5280 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5284 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5289 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5292 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5293 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5294 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5295 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5304 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5305 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5306 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5308 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5309 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5310 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5311 use an indirect stub instead. */
5312 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5313 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5315 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5316 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5317 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5320 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5323 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5324 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5326 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5331 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5333 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5335 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5342 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5345 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5348 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5349 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5351 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5353 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5354 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5355 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5356 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5357 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5358 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5360 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5361 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5362 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5364 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5365 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5366 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5369 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5370 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5371 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5372 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5373 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5375 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5376 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5377 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5378 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5379 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5380 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5381 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5382 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5384 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5385 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5386 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5387 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5389 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5390 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5392 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5397 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5398 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5399 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5400 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5402 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5403 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5407 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5408 to need it, get it now. */
5411 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5412 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5415 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5416 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5417 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5418 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5419 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5420 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5422 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5425 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5428 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5429 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5430 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5431 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5432 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5433 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5434 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5435 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5436 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5437 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5439 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5440 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5442 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5446 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5447 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5448 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5449 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5450 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5451 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5453 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5454 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5455 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5459 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5460 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
5461 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
5462 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
5463 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5464 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5465 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5468 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5469 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5470 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5474 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5475 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5477 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5480 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5481 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5485 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5486 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5487 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5489 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5493 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5494 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5496 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5497 + input_section
->output_offset
5498 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5499 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5500 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5503 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5504 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5506 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5507 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5510 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5513 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5517 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5520 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5521 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5528 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5530 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5531 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5532 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5533 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5535 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5536 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5537 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5539 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5540 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5541 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5542 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5543 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5544 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5546 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5554 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5558 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5559 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5563 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5567 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5568 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5572 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5573 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5574 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5575 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5576 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5578 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5582 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5583 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5584 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5585 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5587 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5588 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5591 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5593 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5594 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5595 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5596 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5597 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5601 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5602 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5603 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5604 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5608 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5609 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5610 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5611 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5612 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5613 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5616 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5617 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5619 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5623 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5624 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5626 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5627 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5628 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5633 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5636 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5637 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5641 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5642 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5643 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5647 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5648 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5649 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5650 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5651 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5652 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5653 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5654 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5655 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5656 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5657 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5659 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5660 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5666 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5667 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5669 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5672 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5673 for this conditional. */
5674 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5675 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5676 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5677 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5678 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5680 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5681 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5682 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5683 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5684 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5687 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5688 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5691 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5692 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5693 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5694 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5695 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5696 not check for overflow here. */
5700 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5701 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5702 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5703 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5704 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5709 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5710 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5711 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5712 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5713 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5714 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5715 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5716 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5717 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5718 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5719 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5720 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5721 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5722 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5723 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5724 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5725 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5726 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5730 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5733 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5734 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5737 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5738 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5739 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5740 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5741 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5743 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5744 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5745 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5746 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5748 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5749 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5756 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5757 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5758 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5759 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5760 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5761 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5762 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5763 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5764 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5765 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5767 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5770 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5771 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5773 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5777 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5778 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5779 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5780 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5781 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5784 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5785 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5786 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5787 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5788 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5791 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5792 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5793 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5794 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5795 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5798 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5799 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5800 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5801 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5802 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5805 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5806 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5807 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5808 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5809 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5812 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5813 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5814 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5815 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5816 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5817 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5818 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5820 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5821 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5824 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5825 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5826 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5827 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5828 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5831 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5832 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5833 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5834 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5835 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5836 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5837 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5840 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5843 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5846 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5850 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5851 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5852 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5856 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5857 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5858 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5861 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5862 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5863 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5864 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5867 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5869 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5870 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5874 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5875 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5876 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5877 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5878 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5879 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5880 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5884 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5885 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5886 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5887 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5890 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5891 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5894 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5896 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5899 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5902 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5903 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5904 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5907 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5909 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5910 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5915 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5916 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5917 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5919 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5920 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5922 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5925 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5926 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5927 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5928 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5929 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5930 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5934 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5936 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5937 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5939 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5941 /* Obtain the current value. */
5942 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5944 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5945 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5947 /* Set the field. */
5948 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5950 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5951 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5954 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5955 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5957 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5958 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5960 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5963 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5965 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5970 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5974 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5975 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5978 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5979 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5982 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5983 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5987 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5988 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5991 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5993 if (!info
->relocatable
5994 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5995 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5996 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5997 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5998 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5999 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6000 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6001 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6002 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6003 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6009 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6010 + input_section
->output_offset
6011 + relocation
->r_offset
6013 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6014 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6018 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6020 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6021 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6023 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6027 /* Put the value into the output. */
6028 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6030 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6036 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6037 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6038 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6039 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6042 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6043 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6044 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6046 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6047 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6049 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6054 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6057 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6058 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6060 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6061 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6062 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6063 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6064 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6065 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6068 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6069 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6070 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6072 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6073 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6074 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6075 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6078 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6079 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6082 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6084 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6085 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6086 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6091 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6092 in the relocation. */
6093 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6095 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6096 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6097 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6098 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6100 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6101 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6102 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6103 undefined symbols. */
6108 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6110 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6117 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6120 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6121 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6127 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6128 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6129 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6130 local symbols because we used to generate them
6131 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6132 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6133 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6134 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6135 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6136 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6138 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6139 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6140 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6141 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6142 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6147 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6148 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6149 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6150 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6151 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6154 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6155 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6156 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6158 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6159 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6160 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6163 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6164 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6165 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6166 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6167 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6168 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6169 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6170 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6171 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6172 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6173 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6174 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6175 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6176 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6179 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6181 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6182 correct location in the output file. */
6183 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6184 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6185 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6186 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6187 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6188 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6190 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6191 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6192 relocation format is non-standard. */
6193 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6195 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6196 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6200 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6202 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6203 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6204 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6205 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6207 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6210 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6211 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6212 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6214 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6215 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6217 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6218 will be writing to it. */
6219 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6222 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6223 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6225 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6230 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6232 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6233 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6234 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6235 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6236 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6237 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6239 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6240 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6241 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6243 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6244 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6245 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6246 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6247 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6248 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6249 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6253 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6254 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6256 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6257 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6262 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6265 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6267 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6269 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6270 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6272 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6273 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6275 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6276 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6278 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6279 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6281 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6282 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6284 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6285 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6287 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6288 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6290 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6291 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6293 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6294 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6296 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6297 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6299 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6300 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6302 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6303 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6305 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6306 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6308 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6309 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6311 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6312 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6314 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6315 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6317 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6318 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6321 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6325 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6328 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6331 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6334 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6337 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6339 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6340 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6342 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6343 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6345 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6346 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6348 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6349 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6356 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6358 static INLINE
char *
6359 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6363 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6364 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6367 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6369 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6373 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6375 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6377 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6379 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6382 return "unknown abi";
6386 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6387 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6388 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6389 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6390 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6391 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6392 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6393 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6395 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6396 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6397 definition in a shared library. */
6398 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6399 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6400 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6402 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6405 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6407 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6409 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6410 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6411 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6413 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6414 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6415 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6416 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6417 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6418 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6419 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6421 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6422 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6423 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6424 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6425 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6426 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6427 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6428 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6429 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6430 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6432 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6436 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6437 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6438 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6439 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6440 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6443 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6444 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6446 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6447 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6448 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6449 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6450 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6451 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6452 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6453 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6454 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6455 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6457 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6458 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6461 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6462 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6467 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6469 if (section
!= NULL
)
6471 asym
->section
= section
;
6472 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6473 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6474 base address to make it an offset. */
6475 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6482 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6484 if (section
!= NULL
)
6486 asym
->section
= section
;
6487 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6488 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6489 base address to make it an offset. */
6490 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6496 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6497 or microMIPS one. */
6498 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6499 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6502 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6503 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6504 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6506 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6507 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6511 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6512 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6514 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6515 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6516 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6517 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6518 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6520 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6521 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6522 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6523 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6525 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6526 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6527 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6528 We therefore take the following approach:
6530 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6531 determine the pointer size.
6533 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6534 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6538 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6539 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6540 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6541 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6542 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6544 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6545 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6549 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6551 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6553 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6555 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6557 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6558 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6559 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6566 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6567 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6568 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6577 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6578 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6579 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6581 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6582 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6585 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6586 will jump there rather than to .text.
6588 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6589 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6592 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6594 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6597 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6598 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6599 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6603 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6605 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6606 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6610 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6611 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6614 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6618 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6622 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6623 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6624 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6625 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6627 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6629 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6630 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6631 so that we don't have to read them again.
6632 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6633 through the section contents to see if there is an
6634 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6636 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6638 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6639 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6641 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6643 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6645 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6647 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6648 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6649 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6652 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6659 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6660 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6663 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6664 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6667 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6674 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6675 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6679 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6686 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6688 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6690 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6691 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6692 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6693 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6694 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6695 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6696 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6697 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6698 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6699 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6701 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6702 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6704 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6706 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6707 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6709 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6712 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6714 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6716 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6718 unsigned int adjust
;
6720 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6722 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6730 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6731 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6732 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6734 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6738 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6739 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6745 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6746 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6747 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6748 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6749 probably get away with this. */
6750 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6752 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6753 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6757 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6760 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6761 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6764 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6765 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6768 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6769 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6772 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6773 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6775 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6777 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6778 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6779 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6781 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6783 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6784 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6787 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6788 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6791 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6792 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6795 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6796 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6797 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6800 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6801 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6804 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6805 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6806 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6813 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6818 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6819 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6825 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6827 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6828 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6829 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6830 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6831 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6833 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6836 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6837 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6839 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6840 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6843 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6844 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6845 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6846 they should agree. */
6847 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6849 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6851 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6852 if (contents
== NULL
)
6854 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6861 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6862 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6864 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6866 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6868 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6870 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6871 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6872 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6875 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6877 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6879 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6881 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6882 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6884 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6886 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6888 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6890 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6892 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6893 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6895 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6905 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6906 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6907 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6910 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6912 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6914 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6916 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6917 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6918 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6920 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6921 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6922 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6924 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6925 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6926 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6928 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6929 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6930 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6932 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6933 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6934 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6935 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6936 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6938 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6942 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6943 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6944 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6945 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6947 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6948 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6950 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6953 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6955 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6956 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6957 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6958 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6960 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6961 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6963 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6964 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6967 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6968 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6969 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6970 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6971 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6972 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6973 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6974 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6976 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6977 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6979 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6981 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6982 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6983 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6985 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6987 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6988 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6989 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6991 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6992 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6994 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6996 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6997 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6998 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6999 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7000 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7002 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7004 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7005 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7006 final_write_processing. */
7008 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7009 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7011 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7012 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7013 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7015 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7017 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7018 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7019 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7022 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7023 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7024 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7025 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7026 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7031 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7032 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7033 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7034 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7035 the .scommon section. */
7038 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7039 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7041 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7043 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7046 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7048 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7054 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7055 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7058 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7059 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7060 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7061 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7063 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7064 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7065 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7067 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7072 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7073 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7074 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7075 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7076 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7077 is not done for them. */
7079 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7080 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7086 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7089 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7090 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7091 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7092 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7093 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7096 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7097 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7098 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7099 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7103 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7104 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7106 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7107 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7108 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7110 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7111 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7114 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7115 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7116 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7119 /* Initialize the section. */
7121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7122 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7124 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7125 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7127 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7128 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7129 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7130 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7131 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7132 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7133 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7135 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7136 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7137 so I took it out. */
7138 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7141 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7142 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7144 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7145 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7147 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7148 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7149 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7151 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7152 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7155 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7156 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7157 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7160 /* Initialize the section. */
7162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7163 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7165 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7166 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7168 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7169 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7170 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7171 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7172 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7173 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7174 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7176 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7177 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7178 so I took it out. */
7179 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7182 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7183 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7187 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7189 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7190 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7193 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7195 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7197 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7198 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7199 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7202 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7205 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7207 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7210 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7211 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7214 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7215 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7216 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7217 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7223 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7224 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7225 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7228 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7229 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7230 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7231 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7233 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7234 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7235 common in the output file. */
7236 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7237 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7238 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7240 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7241 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7246 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7248 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7251 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7253 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7254 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7256 register asection
*s
;
7257 const char * const *namep
;
7258 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7260 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7261 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7263 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7264 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7266 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7268 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7270 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7273 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7278 /* We need to create .got section. */
7279 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7282 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7285 /* Create .stub section. */
7286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7287 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7290 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7291 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7295 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7297 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7299 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7300 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7302 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7303 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7307 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7308 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7309 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7310 the linker takes such action. */
7311 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7313 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7316 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7317 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7318 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7321 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7324 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7326 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7330 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7331 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7333 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7337 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7338 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7340 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7341 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7343 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7344 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7346 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7348 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7350 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7351 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7353 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7360 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7362 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7363 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7364 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7367 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7370 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7372 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7375 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7377 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7378 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7379 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7380 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7381 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7382 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7384 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7386 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7387 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7388 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7391 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7394 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7396 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7398 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7402 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7403 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7404 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7407 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7408 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7409 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7410 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7412 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7413 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7416 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7418 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7423 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7425 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7426 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7429 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7432 htab
->plt_header_size
7433 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7434 htab
->plt_entry_size
7435 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7439 htab
->plt_header_size
7440 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7441 htab
->plt_entry_size
7442 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7445 else if (!info
->shared
)
7447 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7448 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7449 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7455 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7456 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7457 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7460 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7461 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7462 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7464 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7467 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7468 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7469 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7470 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7472 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7473 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7474 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7477 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7478 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7479 of the section that REL is against. */
7482 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7483 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7486 unsigned int r_type
;
7489 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7490 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7492 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7494 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7495 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7497 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7500 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7501 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7502 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7503 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7504 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7507 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7508 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7510 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7512 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7513 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7514 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7517 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7518 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7519 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7520 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7521 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7523 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7525 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7526 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7527 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7530 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7532 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7533 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7534 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7535 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7536 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7537 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7539 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7540 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7541 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7542 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7543 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7546 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7547 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7548 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7550 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7551 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7558 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7559 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7560 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7563 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7568 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7569 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7571 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7575 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7578 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7579 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7582 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7583 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7587 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7590 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7594 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7597 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7599 if (info
->relocatable
)
7602 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7603 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7605 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7606 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7607 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7608 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7610 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7611 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7613 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7615 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7616 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7618 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7620 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7623 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7626 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7627 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7628 " stub section `%s'"),
7630 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7634 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7635 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7639 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7640 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7641 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7642 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7644 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7645 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7647 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7648 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7649 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7650 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7654 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7656 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7659 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7660 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7661 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7662 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7665 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7674 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7675 not need it. Since this function is called before
7676 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7677 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7679 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7683 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7685 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7687 unsigned long symcount
;
7691 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7692 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7694 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7695 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7696 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7702 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7703 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7705 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7706 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7707 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7708 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7712 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7714 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7715 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7717 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7718 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7719 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7721 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7723 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7724 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7725 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7726 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7727 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7728 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7730 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7734 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7736 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7739 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7741 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7745 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7748 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7751 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7752 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7753 " stub section `%s'"),
7755 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7759 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7760 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7764 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7765 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7766 that refers to this symbol. */
7767 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7769 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7770 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7772 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7773 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7774 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7775 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7779 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7781 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7784 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7785 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7786 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7787 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7790 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7799 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7800 not need it. Since this function is called before
7801 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7802 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7804 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7808 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7810 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7812 unsigned long symcount
;
7816 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7817 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7819 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7820 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7821 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7827 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7828 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7830 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7831 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7832 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7833 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7837 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7838 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7840 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7842 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7843 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7845 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7847 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7848 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7849 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7850 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7851 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7854 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7858 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7860 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7866 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7868 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7869 unsigned int r_type
;
7870 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7871 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7873 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7874 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7876 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7878 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7880 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7881 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7888 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7890 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7891 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7892 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7895 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7896 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7897 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7902 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7903 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7904 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7905 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7906 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7907 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7908 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7909 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7911 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7912 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7913 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7914 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7915 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7916 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7917 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7919 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7920 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7921 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7922 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7923 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7924 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7925 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7926 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7927 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7928 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7930 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7931 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7933 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7935 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7936 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7937 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7938 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7943 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7944 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7946 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7952 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7953 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7954 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7956 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7957 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7958 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7959 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7960 against a read-only section. */
7963 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7964 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7965 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7966 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7967 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7968 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7970 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7972 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7975 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7976 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7977 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7978 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7979 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7981 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7982 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7983 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7986 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7987 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7988 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7989 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7990 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7992 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7997 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
8000 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
8006 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8007 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8008 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8009 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8010 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8012 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
8018 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8019 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8020 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8021 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8025 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8029 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8030 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8031 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8032 relocations against the text segment. */
8033 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8036 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8037 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8038 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8039 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8041 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8042 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8043 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8044 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8045 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8046 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8047 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8048 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8049 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8050 rel
->r_addend
, info
, 0))
8055 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8056 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8057 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8062 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8063 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8066 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8067 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8068 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8074 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8075 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8076 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8077 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8080 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8081 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8082 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8083 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, 0))
8086 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8087 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8088 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8094 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8095 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8096 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8097 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8100 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8101 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8103 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8104 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8105 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8106 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8111 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8113 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8114 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8115 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8116 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8117 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8118 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8120 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8121 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8122 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8124 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8126 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8128 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8129 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8131 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8132 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8135 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8138 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8139 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8145 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8146 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8147 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8152 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8153 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8154 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8156 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8159 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8160 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8161 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8162 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8164 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8170 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8171 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8172 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8173 for TLS GD relocations. */
8177 flag
= (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
8179 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
) ? GOT_TLS_LDM
: GOT_TLS_IE
);
8182 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8183 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8184 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
8186 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8192 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
8194 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8205 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8206 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8207 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8208 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8212 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8216 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8218 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8219 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8220 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8221 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8222 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8223 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8224 relocations against the text segment. */
8225 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8231 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8232 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8233 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8234 it will be left as zero.
8236 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8237 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8239 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8240 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8242 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8243 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8244 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8245 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8246 are relocations against the text segment. */
8247 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8251 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8252 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8253 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8257 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8258 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8259 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8260 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8262 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8263 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8264 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8265 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8266 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8269 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8270 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8271 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8272 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8276 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8277 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8278 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8279 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8281 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8289 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8290 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8291 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8292 a normal .got entry. */
8293 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8297 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8299 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8301 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8302 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8304 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8305 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8306 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8307 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8311 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8312 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8313 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8314 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8316 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8317 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8321 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8322 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8325 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8326 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8327 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8328 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8329 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8337 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8338 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8339 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8341 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8342 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8343 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8346 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8347 and has a special meaning. */
8348 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8349 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8352 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8353 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8360 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8361 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8362 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8363 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8365 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8378 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8379 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8382 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8383 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8385 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8387 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8388 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8391 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8394 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8397 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8398 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8399 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8402 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8403 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8404 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8405 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8407 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8410 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8411 unsigned int r_type
;
8412 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8414 unsigned long instruction
;
8416 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8417 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8418 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8419 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8420 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8423 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8424 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8425 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8428 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8429 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8431 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8432 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8433 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8435 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8437 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8438 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8439 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8440 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8441 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8444 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8445 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8446 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8447 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8448 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8450 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8454 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8456 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8457 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8459 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8460 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8461 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8462 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8464 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8468 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8469 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8471 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8472 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8473 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8474 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8477 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8478 symval
= isym
->st_value
8479 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8480 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8483 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8485 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8486 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8488 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8489 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8494 /* Check that it's in range. */
8495 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8498 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8499 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8502 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8504 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8505 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8506 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8507 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8508 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8509 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8513 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8514 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8515 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8518 if (contents
!= NULL
8519 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8521 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8525 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8526 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8532 if (contents
!= NULL
8533 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8538 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8541 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8543 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8548 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8549 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8551 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8552 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8554 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8555 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8556 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8559 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8560 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8561 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8564 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8565 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8566 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8567 if (! info
->relocatable
8568 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8569 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8570 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8573 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8575 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8577 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8578 non-default visibility. */
8579 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8582 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8584 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8586 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8593 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8594 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8595 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8596 relocations against it.
8598 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8599 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8601 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8603 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8604 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8605 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8608 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8609 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8610 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8611 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8612 against the text segment. */
8613 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8620 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8621 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8622 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8623 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8627 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8628 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8634 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8635 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8637 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8638 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8640 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8641 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8643 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8646 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8648 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8650 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8651 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8652 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8653 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8654 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8656 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8657 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8658 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8660 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8663 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8664 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8665 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8666 executable and the shared library. */
8667 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8669 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8670 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8674 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8675 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8677 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8678 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8679 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8680 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8681 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8682 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8683 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8684 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8685 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8686 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8687 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8688 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8689 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8691 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8693 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8695 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8697 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8698 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8699 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8700 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8701 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8702 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8705 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8706 for the same reason as above. */
8707 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8708 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8711 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8713 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8715 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8717 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8719 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8720 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8721 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8722 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8725 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8726 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8727 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8729 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8730 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8731 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8733 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8734 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8735 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8736 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8737 function address. */
8738 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8739 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8742 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8744 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8745 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8746 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8747 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8749 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8750 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8751 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8753 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8754 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8755 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8760 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8761 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8762 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8763 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8765 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8766 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8767 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8768 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8772 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8773 in regular objects. */
8777 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8778 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8779 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8782 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8783 some that we can't convert. */
8784 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8786 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8787 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8788 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8793 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8794 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8795 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8796 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8797 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8798 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8799 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8800 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8801 same memory location for the variable. */
8803 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8805 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8806 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8808 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8812 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8813 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8814 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8816 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8819 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8820 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8821 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8824 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8825 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8828 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8829 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8831 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8832 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8834 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8835 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8837 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8840 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8842 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8843 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8850 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8853 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8857 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8858 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8859 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8861 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
8862 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8864 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8865 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8871 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8874 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8875 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8876 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8877 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8878 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8880 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8881 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8882 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8884 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8885 the target symbol. */
8886 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8889 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8890 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8892 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8893 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8895 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8897 asection
*subsection
;
8899 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
8901 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8903 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8905 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8906 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8910 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8911 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8912 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8913 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8916 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8917 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8918 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8920 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8922 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8923 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8925 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8926 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8927 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8929 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8930 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8931 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8932 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
8933 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
8934 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8935 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
8937 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
8938 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8940 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8941 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8943 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8945 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8948 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8951 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8953 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8956 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8958 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8963 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
8965 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8966 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8967 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
8968 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
8969 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
8971 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8974 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
, &arg
);
8975 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8976 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
8979 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, arg
.needed
);
8985 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8988 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8990 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8991 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8993 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8994 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8996 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8999 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9000 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9001 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9003 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9004 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9005 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9007 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9008 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9010 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9011 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9012 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9013 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9015 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9018 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9019 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9020 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9023 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
9025 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9027 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
9028 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9030 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9031 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9032 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9033 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9038 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9039 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9042 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9044 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9046 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9047 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9049 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9052 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9053 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
9054 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9055 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9056 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9059 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9062 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9063 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9066 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9067 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9068 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9070 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9071 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9072 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9073 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9075 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9077 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9078 if (info
->executable
)
9080 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9081 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9083 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9085 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9088 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9089 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9091 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9093 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9095 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9096 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9097 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9104 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9105 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9107 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9109 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9112 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9114 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9115 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9118 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9122 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9123 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9124 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9126 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9129 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9133 const char *outname
;
9136 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9137 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9138 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9139 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9140 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9142 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9144 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9146 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9147 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9148 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9151 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9152 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9153 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9156 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9157 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9158 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9159 will move them around between input sections'
9160 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9161 broken, so don't let it run. */
9162 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9165 else if (! info
->shared
9166 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9167 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9169 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9170 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9171 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9173 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9174 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9175 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9176 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9178 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9179 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9180 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9181 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9182 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9185 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9187 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9188 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9189 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9191 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9197 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9201 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9204 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9205 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9206 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9213 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9215 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9216 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9217 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9218 the .dynamic section. */
9220 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9221 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9222 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9223 may only look at the first one they see. */
9225 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9228 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9229 used by the debugger. */
9230 if (info
->executable
9231 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9232 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9235 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9236 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9238 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9240 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9243 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9244 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9245 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9246 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9247 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9250 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9253 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9254 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9256 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9257 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9258 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9260 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9263 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9266 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9272 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9274 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9277 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9280 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9284 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9287 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9290 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9293 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9296 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9299 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9302 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9305 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9306 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9309 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9310 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9311 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9312 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9315 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9317 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9320 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9323 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9326 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9329 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9330 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9337 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9338 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9339 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9340 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9343 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9344 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9345 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9347 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9351 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9353 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9354 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9355 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9356 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9358 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9359 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9362 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9363 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9365 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9366 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9368 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9369 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9372 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9373 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9374 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9378 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9379 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9380 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9381 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9382 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9383 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9384 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9385 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9386 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9387 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9388 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9390 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9391 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9392 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9395 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9396 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9397 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9398 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9399 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9400 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9401 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9405 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9406 unsigned int r_type
;
9409 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9411 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9412 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9414 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9420 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9421 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9422 howto
, i
, contents
);
9427 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9430 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9431 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9432 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9433 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9434 asection
**local_sections
)
9436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9437 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9439 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9440 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9442 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9443 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9444 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9448 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9449 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9450 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9452 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9453 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9455 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9457 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9458 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9459 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9461 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9462 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9464 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9465 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9467 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9468 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9469 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9471 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9476 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9479 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9480 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9481 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9482 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9483 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9484 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9487 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9488 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9489 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9492 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9494 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9495 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9496 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9500 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9502 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9503 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9504 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9505 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9506 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9507 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9508 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9510 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9512 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9516 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9518 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9519 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9520 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9522 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9525 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9526 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9528 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9529 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9530 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9533 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9537 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9539 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9540 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9542 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9543 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9544 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9549 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9552 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9553 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9554 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9557 if (info
->relocatable
)
9559 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9560 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9563 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9565 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9566 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9567 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9568 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9569 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9570 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9571 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9573 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9575 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9576 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9577 source of the addend in the final link. */
9578 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9580 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9581 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9582 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9583 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9584 but for endianness. */
9590 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9592 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9599 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9600 do two separate stores. */
9601 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9603 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9605 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9611 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9613 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9614 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9615 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9616 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9620 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9621 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9626 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9630 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9631 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9632 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9634 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9635 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9636 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9637 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9639 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9641 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9642 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9643 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9644 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9645 local_sections
, &value
,
9646 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9647 use_saved_addend_p
))
9649 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9650 /* There's nothing to do. */
9653 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9654 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9655 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9656 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9657 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9660 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9661 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9662 info
->callbacks
->warning
9663 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9666 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9667 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9668 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9669 a given location. */
9673 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9675 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9676 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9677 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9678 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9679 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9680 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9682 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9683 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9685 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9686 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9688 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9689 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9690 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9698 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9699 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9701 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9702 info
->callbacks
->warning
9703 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9713 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9714 until we reach the last one. */
9715 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9721 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9722 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9723 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9724 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9725 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9726 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9727 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9728 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9734 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9736 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9743 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9744 do two separate stores. */
9745 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9747 /* Undo what we did above. */
9749 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9751 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9757 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9759 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9760 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9761 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9762 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9766 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9767 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9768 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9769 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9776 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9777 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9780 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9782 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9784 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9787 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9789 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9790 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9791 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9792 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9794 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9795 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9799 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9808 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9809 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9811 /* Work out the target address. */
9812 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9813 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9815 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9816 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9818 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9820 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9821 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9822 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9824 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9826 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9827 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9829 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9830 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9835 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9836 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9841 /* This is trampoline. */
9843 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9845 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9846 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9847 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9848 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9849 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9850 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9851 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9855 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9856 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9857 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9858 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9864 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9865 adjust it appropriately now. */
9868 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9869 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9871 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9872 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9873 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9876 "__dso_displacement",
9878 "__program_header_table",
9882 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9890 const char* const *p
;
9893 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9894 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9897 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9899 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9901 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9902 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9904 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9906 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9908 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9914 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9915 dynamic sections here. */
9918 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9921 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9925 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9931 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9932 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9933 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9934 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9936 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9938 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9940 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9942 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9943 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9944 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9946 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9947 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9948 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9949 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9950 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9952 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9953 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9954 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9956 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9957 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9958 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9960 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9961 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9962 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9963 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9964 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9965 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9967 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9968 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9969 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9970 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9971 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9975 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9976 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9978 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9979 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9981 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9982 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9986 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9989 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9997 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9998 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9999 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
10000 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10002 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10003 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10004 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10005 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10006 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10007 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10008 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
10012 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10014 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10015 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10017 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10019 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10021 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10022 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
10024 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10025 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10027 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10030 /* Fill the stub. */
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10036 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10045 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10046 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10047 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10049 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10055 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10056 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
10057 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
10059 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10060 only for the referenced symbol. */
10061 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10063 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10064 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10065 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10066 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10067 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10071 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10072 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10074 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10076 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10077 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10078 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10079 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10080 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10083 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10084 || h
->forced_local
);
10087 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10088 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10090 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10091 the symbols that need them. */
10092 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10097 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10098 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10099 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10100 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10103 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
&& h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
10105 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10111 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10116 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10119 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10122 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10124 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10126 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10127 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10129 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10130 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10131 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10132 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10133 appropriate addend. */
10134 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10136 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10137 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10138 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10140 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10141 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10144 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10145 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10146 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10150 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10151 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10156 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10157 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10158 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10159 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10160 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10161 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10162 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10164 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10165 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10168 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10170 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10171 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10172 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10174 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10176 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10177 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10179 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10180 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10182 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10184 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10186 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10187 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10188 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10189 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10191 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10193 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10194 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10195 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10196 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10200 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10206 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10207 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10209 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10210 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10211 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10212 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10213 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10214 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10217 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10218 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10219 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10221 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10222 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10223 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10225 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10226 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10232 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10235 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10236 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10242 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10243 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10244 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10246 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10247 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10248 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10249 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10251 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10254 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10255 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10256 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10258 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10259 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10260 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10262 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10263 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10264 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10267 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10268 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
10269 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
10271 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10272 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10273 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10276 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10277 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10278 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10280 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10281 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10282 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10284 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10286 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
10288 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10289 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
10293 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10299 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10301 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10302 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10303 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10314 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10315 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10317 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10318 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10319 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10320 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10321 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10323 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10324 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10325 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10326 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10327 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10330 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10331 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10333 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10334 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10337 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10338 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10339 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10340 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10342 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10344 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10345 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10348 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10351 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10352 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10354 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10355 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10358 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10362 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10363 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10364 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10365 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10367 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10368 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10369 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10370 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10371 + sgot
->output_offset
10373 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10374 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10375 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10378 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10381 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10383 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10385 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10386 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10387 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10388 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10390 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10391 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10392 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10393 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10394 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10397 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10398 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10399 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10404 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10407 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10410 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10411 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10414 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10417 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10418 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10419 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10420 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10422 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10424 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10425 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10426 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10427 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10428 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10430 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10431 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10432 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10433 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10435 /* Install the PLT header. */
10436 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10442 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10443 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10444 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10447 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10448 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10451 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10453 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10455 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10456 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10457 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10459 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10460 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10462 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10464 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10465 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10466 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10467 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10469 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10470 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10472 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10473 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10475 /* Install the PLT header. */
10476 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10482 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10484 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10485 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10486 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10487 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10490 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10492 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10493 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10494 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10495 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10497 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10499 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10500 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10501 in which symbols were output. */
10502 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10504 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10507 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10508 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10509 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10511 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10512 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10513 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10514 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10516 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10517 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10518 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10519 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10523 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10526 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10531 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10532 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10534 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10535 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10536 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10537 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10540 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10543 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10544 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10549 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10550 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10552 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10553 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10555 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10557 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10560 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10562 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10565 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10567 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10568 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10570 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
10571 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10573 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10574 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10575 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10577 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10581 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10583 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10584 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10586 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10592 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10596 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10597 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10601 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10603 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10608 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10611 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10613 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10616 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10617 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10620 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10621 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10624 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10628 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10632 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10634 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10637 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10639 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10642 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10643 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10644 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10645 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10648 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10649 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10652 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10653 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10654 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10655 referenced within the same object. */
10656 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10659 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10660 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
10662 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10665 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10666 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10667 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10669 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10671 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10672 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10673 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10675 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10678 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10679 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10682 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10685 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10688 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10689 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10692 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10693 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10694 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10698 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10699 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10700 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10701 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10705 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10706 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10708 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10712 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10713 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10714 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10716 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10720 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10721 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10725 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10726 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10727 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10731 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10732 the dynamic tag. */
10733 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10735 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10736 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10741 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10742 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10743 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10744 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10746 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10750 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10751 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10752 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10757 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10758 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10759 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10763 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10768 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10769 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10770 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10773 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10774 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10776 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10778 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10779 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10780 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10781 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10782 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10783 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10784 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10786 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10787 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10788 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10790 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10794 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10795 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10796 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10797 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10798 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10799 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10802 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10803 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10806 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10807 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10809 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10810 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10812 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10813 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10815 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10817 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10818 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10820 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10821 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10822 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10824 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10826 if (! info
->shared
)
10829 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10831 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10832 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10833 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10834 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10835 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10836 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10838 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10843 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10844 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10847 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10850 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10852 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10854 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10855 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10856 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10858 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10861 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10862 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10864 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10870 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10871 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10872 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10873 are trailing null entries. */
10874 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10875 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10876 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10877 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10878 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10879 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10880 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10881 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10886 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10891 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10898 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10900 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10902 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10903 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10907 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10909 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10910 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10913 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10914 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10917 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10918 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10920 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10922 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10923 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10924 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10925 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10930 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10931 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10932 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10933 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10934 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10936 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10938 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10940 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10942 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10943 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10944 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10945 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10947 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10948 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10949 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10954 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10956 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10959 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10961 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10965 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10966 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10973 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10976 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10980 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10983 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10987 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10991 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10992 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10995 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10996 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10997 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10998 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10999 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11002 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11003 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11006 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11007 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11010 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11011 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11014 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11015 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11018 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11022 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11026 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11027 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11030 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11031 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11034 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11035 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11038 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11039 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11040 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11041 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11042 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11043 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11044 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11045 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11048 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11049 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11052 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11053 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11056 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11057 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11060 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11061 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11064 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11065 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11068 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11069 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11070 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11073 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11074 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11077 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11078 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11081 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11082 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11085 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11086 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11089 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11090 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11093 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11094 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11097 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11098 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11103 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11104 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11105 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11108 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11109 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11116 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11117 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11118 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11119 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11120 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11122 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11123 info for each special section. */
11124 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11125 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11128 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11130 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11131 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11132 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11134 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11137 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11138 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11139 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11140 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11141 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11142 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11143 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11144 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11147 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11148 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11149 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11150 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11151 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11152 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11153 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11154 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11155 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11158 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11159 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11161 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11162 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11164 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11167 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11168 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11169 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11170 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11171 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11172 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11173 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11176 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11177 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11179 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11181 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11182 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11189 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11193 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11194 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11199 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11200 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11201 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11204 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11205 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11206 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11207 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11210 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11211 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11212 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11213 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11216 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11217 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11218 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11219 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11225 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11228 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11229 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11232 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11235 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11237 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11238 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11240 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11241 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11246 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11250 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11252 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11254 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11255 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11257 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11258 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11266 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11267 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11268 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11270 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11271 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11272 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11273 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11275 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11277 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11278 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11283 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11285 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11287 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11288 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11291 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11293 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11294 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11295 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11296 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11297 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11298 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11299 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11300 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11301 *pm
= options_segment
;
11307 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11309 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11310 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11311 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11312 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11313 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11315 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11316 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11321 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11325 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11327 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11332 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11337 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11340 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11341 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11342 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11352 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11353 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11355 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11357 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11360 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11362 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11363 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11364 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11365 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11366 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11368 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11369 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11372 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11373 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11374 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11375 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11376 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11377 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11378 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11379 PT_LOAD segment. */
11380 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11383 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11385 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11387 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11391 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11393 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11395 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11397 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11398 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11405 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11406 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11411 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11412 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11414 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11417 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11418 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11425 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11427 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11429 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11431 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11440 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11441 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11443 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11444 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11445 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11446 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11447 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11449 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11450 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11451 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11452 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11453 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11456 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11457 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11459 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11460 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11462 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11463 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11467 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11471 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11479 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11483 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11485 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11487 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11489 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11492 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11494 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11495 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11499 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11502 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11505 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11506 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11507 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11508 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11513 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11514 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11515 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11518 if (info
->relocatable
)
11521 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11522 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11523 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11525 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11526 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11527 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11529 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11530 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11532 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11533 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11534 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11535 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11536 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11537 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11538 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11539 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11540 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11541 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11542 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11543 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11544 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11545 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11546 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11547 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11548 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11549 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11550 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11551 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11562 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11563 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11564 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11565 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11568 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11570 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11572 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11574 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11576 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11577 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11578 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11579 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11580 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11581 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11583 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11586 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11587 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11588 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11589 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11590 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11591 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11593 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11594 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11596 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11598 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11599 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11601 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11603 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11604 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11606 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11608 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11609 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11611 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11612 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11613 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11614 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11615 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11616 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11618 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
11619 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
11622 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11625 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11626 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11629 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11630 unsigned char *tdata
;
11633 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11638 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11640 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11641 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11644 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11648 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11649 info
->keep_memory
);
11656 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11657 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11659 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11661 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11670 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11671 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11677 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11678 free (cookie
->rels
);
11684 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11686 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11692 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11693 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11694 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11696 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11699 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11702 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11706 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11707 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11709 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11711 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11714 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11717 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11718 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11722 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11723 from output by default for clarity. */
11726 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11728 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11731 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11732 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11734 struct mips_elf_find_line
11736 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11737 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11741 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11742 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11743 const char **filename_ptr
,
11744 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11745 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11749 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11750 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11754 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11755 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11756 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11757 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11758 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11761 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11764 flagword origflags
;
11765 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11766 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11767 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11769 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11770 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11771 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11772 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11773 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11774 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11776 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11779 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11782 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11783 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11785 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11788 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11792 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11794 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11798 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11799 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11800 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11801 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11803 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11806 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11807 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11808 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11809 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11810 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11811 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11812 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11816 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11817 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11818 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11819 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11820 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11821 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11824 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11825 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11828 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11832 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11835 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11837 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11838 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11843 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11844 const char **filename_ptr
,
11845 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11846 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11849 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11850 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11851 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11856 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11857 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11858 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11861 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11862 const void *location
,
11863 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11865 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11869 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11871 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11872 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11873 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11876 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11879 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11882 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11885 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11888 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11892 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11893 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11896 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11898 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11899 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11901 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11904 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11905 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11906 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11909 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11910 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11913 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11916 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11917 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11920 /* read in the section */
11921 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11922 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11925 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11929 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11932 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11937 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11940 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11941 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11942 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11943 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11944 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11948 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11949 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11956 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11957 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11958 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11961 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11962 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11964 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11966 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11967 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11969 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11971 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11980 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11982 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11983 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11985 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11986 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11987 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11989 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11990 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11991 to the generic handling. */
11993 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11994 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11995 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11996 input_section
, relocatable
,
11999 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12001 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12006 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12008 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12009 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12013 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12017 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12018 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12019 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12020 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12023 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12024 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12025 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12026 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12027 (*parent
)->address
)))
12030 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12031 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12033 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12034 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12035 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12038 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12047 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12048 free (reloc_vector
);
12052 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12053 free (reloc_vector
);
12058 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12059 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12061 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12062 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12063 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12064 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12065 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12066 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12070 unsigned int symcount
;
12072 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12073 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12075 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12076 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12078 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12079 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12080 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12081 sec
->size
-= count
;
12083 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12084 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12086 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12087 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12088 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12091 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12092 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12094 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12095 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12096 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12097 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12098 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12099 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12101 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12102 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12103 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12104 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12105 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12107 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12111 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12112 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12113 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12115 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12117 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12118 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12120 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12128 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12129 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12131 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12132 unsigned long match
;
12133 unsigned long mask
;
12136 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12140 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12142 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12143 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12145 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12147 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12148 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12151 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12153 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12154 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12155 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12156 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12159 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12160 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12162 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12163 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12165 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12166 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12168 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12169 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12171 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12172 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12174 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12175 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12178 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12180 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12181 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12182 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12184 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12186 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12187 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12188 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12189 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12192 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12193 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12194 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12195 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12198 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12199 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12200 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12201 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12204 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12205 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12206 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12207 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12210 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12212 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12213 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12214 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12217 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12219 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12220 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12222 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12223 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12225 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12226 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12228 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12229 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12231 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12232 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12234 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12236 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12237 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12239 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12240 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12242 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12243 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12244 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12245 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12248 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12250 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12251 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12253 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12254 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12255 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12259 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12261 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12262 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12264 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12265 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12267 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12268 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12270 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12272 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12274 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12275 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12277 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12278 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12279 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12280 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12284 /* LUI instruction. */
12286 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12287 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12290 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12292 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12293 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12295 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12296 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12298 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12299 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12302 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12304 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12305 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12306 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12307 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12309 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12310 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12312 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12313 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12314 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12315 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12318 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12319 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12322 /* NOP instructions. */
12324 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12325 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12327 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12328 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12331 /* Instruction match support. */
12333 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12336 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12338 unsigned long indx
;
12340 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12341 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12348 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12350 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12351 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12352 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12353 the second half of another instruction. */
12356 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12358 unsigned long opcode
;
12361 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12362 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12363 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12365 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12366 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12367 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12370 /* No delay slot. */
12376 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12377 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12378 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12379 the second half of another instruction. */
12382 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12384 unsigned long opcode
;
12387 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12388 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12389 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12391 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12392 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12395 /* No delay slot. */
12401 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12402 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12405 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12407 unsigned long opcode
;
12409 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12410 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12412 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12414 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12415 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12416 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12418 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12424 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12425 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12428 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12430 unsigned long opcode
;
12432 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12433 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12435 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12436 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12437 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12439 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12440 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12441 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12442 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12443 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12444 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12445 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12446 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12452 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12453 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12454 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12457 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12458 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12459 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12461 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12462 unsigned long opcode
;
12464 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12465 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12468 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12469 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12470 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12476 /* Bitsize checking. */
12477 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12478 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12479 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12483 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12484 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12485 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12487 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12488 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12489 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12490 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12491 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12493 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12496 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12497 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12500 if (link_info
->relocatable
12501 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12502 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12503 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12506 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12508 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12509 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12510 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12511 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12512 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12515 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12516 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12517 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12519 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12520 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12521 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12522 unsigned long opcode
;
12528 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12529 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12533 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12535 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12536 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12537 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12540 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12541 if (contents
== NULL
)
12543 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12544 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12545 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12546 /* Go get them off disk. */
12547 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12550 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12552 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12553 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12555 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12556 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12557 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12558 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12560 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12564 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12565 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12567 /* A local symbol. */
12568 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12571 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12572 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12573 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12574 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12575 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12576 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12577 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12579 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12580 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12581 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12582 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12583 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12587 unsigned long indx
;
12588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12590 /* An external symbol. */
12591 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12592 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12593 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12595 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12596 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12597 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12598 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12599 regular reloc processing. */
12602 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12603 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12604 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12605 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12606 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12610 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12611 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12612 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12613 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12614 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12615 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12616 the linker is run. */
12618 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12619 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12622 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12624 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12625 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12627 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12630 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12631 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12632 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12634 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12636 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12637 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12638 out the offset). */
12639 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12641 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12642 unsigned long nextopc
;
12646 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12648 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12649 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12650 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12653 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12654 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12655 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12656 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12659 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12660 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12661 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12662 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12665 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12666 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12667 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12668 it through if so. */
12669 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12670 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12671 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12672 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12673 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12674 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12676 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12678 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12681 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12683 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12684 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12685 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12686 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12687 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12688 switch (offset
- 4)
12693 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12697 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12704 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12706 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12708 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12711 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12712 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12713 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12715 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12716 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12718 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12719 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12721 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12722 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12723 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12724 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12725 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12726 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12729 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12730 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12731 the PC-relative distance. */
12732 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12733 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12734 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12735 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12736 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12738 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12739 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12741 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12742 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12743 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12745 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12746 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12749 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12753 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12754 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12756 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12761 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12762 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12763 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12764 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12765 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12766 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12767 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12768 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12769 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12773 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12775 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12776 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12777 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12778 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12780 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12782 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12783 irel->offset + 4. */
12788 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12789 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12790 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12791 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12792 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12794 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12795 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12797 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12800 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12803 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12808 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12809 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12810 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12811 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12812 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12813 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12814 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12815 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12819 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12821 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12822 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12824 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12826 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12827 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12828 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12831 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12836 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12837 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12838 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12839 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12840 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12842 unsigned long n32opc
;
12843 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12845 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12847 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12849 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12850 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12854 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12856 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12858 (move_insn_16
.match
12859 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12860 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12865 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12866 instructions will be handled here later. */
12870 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12871 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12872 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12874 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12882 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12883 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12884 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12885 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12887 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12888 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12889 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12892 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12893 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12898 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12899 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12901 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12905 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12906 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12910 if (contents
!= NULL
12911 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12913 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12917 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12918 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12922 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12923 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12924 free (internal_relocs
);
12929 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12930 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12932 if (contents
!= NULL
12933 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12935 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12936 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12937 free (internal_relocs
);
12942 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12944 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12945 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12948 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12950 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12954 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12955 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12956 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12963 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12966 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12968 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12969 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12971 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12973 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
12976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12978 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
12979 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12980 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
12985 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12986 and copy relocs. */
12989 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12991 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12994 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12995 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12996 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12999 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13002 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
13003 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
13004 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
13005 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
13006 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
13007 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
13008 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13009 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13010 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
13011 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
13016 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13018 static const char * const secname
[] =
13020 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13021 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13023 static const int sc
[] =
13025 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
13026 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
13029 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13031 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
13032 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
13034 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
13037 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13039 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
13041 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
13045 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13046 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
13048 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13050 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13051 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13052 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
13053 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13054 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13055 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
13056 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
13057 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13058 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
13059 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13060 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13061 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13063 else if (info
->relocatable
)
13065 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
13067 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13068 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13070 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
13073 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13074 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
13078 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13079 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13080 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13084 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13086 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13088 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13089 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13090 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13092 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13094 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13096 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13097 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13098 the information together. */
13099 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13101 asection
*input_section
;
13103 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13106 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13108 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13113 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13114 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13116 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13117 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13120 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13122 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13123 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13124 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13125 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13126 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13128 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13129 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13130 finally written out. */
13132 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13133 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13134 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13137 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13138 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13140 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13141 matters, but someday it might). */
13142 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13147 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13149 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13152 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13153 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13154 the information together. */
13155 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13156 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13157 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13158 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13159 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13160 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13161 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13162 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13163 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13164 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13165 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13166 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13167 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13169 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13171 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13172 debug_info structure. */
13174 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13175 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13176 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13177 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13178 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13180 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13181 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13182 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13183 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13185 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13186 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13190 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13194 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13195 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13196 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13197 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13199 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13201 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13202 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13205 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13206 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13209 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13210 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13211 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13215 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13217 asection
*input_section
;
13219 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13220 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13224 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13226 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13231 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13232 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13234 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13236 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13237 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13238 want to deal with it. */
13242 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13243 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13245 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13247 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13248 read in the debugging information and set up an
13249 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13250 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13254 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13255 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13256 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13259 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13260 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13261 the linker global hash table and save the information
13262 for the output external symbols. */
13263 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13264 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13265 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13266 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13268 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13269 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13273 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13275 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13276 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13277 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13278 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13281 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13282 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13283 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13284 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13289 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13290 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13291 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13297 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13298 free (input_debug
.line
);
13299 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13300 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13301 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13302 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13303 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13304 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13305 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13306 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13307 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13308 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13310 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13311 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13312 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13315 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13317 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13318 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13319 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13321 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13322 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13324 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13327 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13328 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13332 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13338 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13341 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13343 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13344 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13345 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13349 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13350 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13352 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13353 matters, but someday it might). */
13354 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13359 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13361 const char *subname
;
13364 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13367 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13368 information describing how the small data area would
13369 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13370 not used in executables files. */
13371 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13373 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13375 asection
*input_section
;
13377 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13379 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13384 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13386 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13387 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13388 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13391 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13392 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13393 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13395 /* Really remove the section. */
13396 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13397 --abfd
->section_count
;
13402 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13403 uninitialized data. */
13404 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13405 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13406 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13410 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13411 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13412 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13413 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13417 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13418 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13419 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13420 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13421 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13422 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13423 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13425 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13426 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13428 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13429 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13430 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13433 /* Set up the first entry. */
13435 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13436 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13439 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13440 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13442 /* Combine the input sections. */
13443 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13445 asection
*input_section
;
13447 bfd_size_type size
;
13448 unsigned long last
;
13449 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13451 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13453 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13458 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13459 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13461 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13462 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13463 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13464 size
= input_section
->size
;
13466 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13468 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13470 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13471 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13477 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13478 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13479 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13485 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13487 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13488 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13491 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13493 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13494 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13496 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13502 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13505 /* We need a new table entry. */
13506 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13507 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13508 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13514 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13515 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13517 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13518 value, since that will be implied by this new
13521 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13523 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13525 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13526 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13530 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13531 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13536 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13539 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13540 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13541 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13544 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13546 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13548 /* Swap out the table. */
13549 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13550 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13551 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13557 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13558 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13561 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13562 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13564 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13565 matters, but someday it might). */
13566 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13570 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13571 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13574 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13576 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13578 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13580 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13581 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13585 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13587 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13588 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13590 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13593 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13596 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13598 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13599 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13600 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13604 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13606 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13607 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13608 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13612 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13614 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13615 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13617 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13618 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13619 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13627 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13629 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13630 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13634 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13635 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13637 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13638 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13639 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13640 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13641 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13643 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13644 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13645 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13646 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13647 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13649 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13650 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13652 /* R10000 extensions. */
13653 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13654 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13655 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13657 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13658 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13659 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13660 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13661 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13662 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13663 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13665 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13666 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13667 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13668 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13669 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13670 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13672 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13673 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13674 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13676 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13677 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13678 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13679 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13680 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13681 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13682 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13683 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13684 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13685 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13686 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13688 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13689 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13691 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13692 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13693 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13695 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13696 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13697 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13701 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13704 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13708 if (extension
== base
)
13711 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13712 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13715 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13716 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13719 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13720 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13722 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13723 if (extension
== base
)
13731 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13734 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13736 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13737 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13738 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13739 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13740 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13741 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13742 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13746 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13747 there are conflicting attributes. */
13749 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13751 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13752 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13755 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13756 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13757 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13758 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13760 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13762 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13763 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13765 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13767 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13772 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13773 non-conflicting ones. */
13774 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13775 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13777 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13778 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13779 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13780 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13781 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13784 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13788 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13789 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13794 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13795 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13800 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13801 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13802 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13807 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13808 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13809 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13810 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13816 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13820 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13821 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13826 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13827 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13832 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13833 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13834 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13839 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13840 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13841 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13842 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13848 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13854 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13855 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13860 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13861 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13862 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13863 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13869 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13873 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13874 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13875 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13880 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13881 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13882 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13887 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13888 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13893 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13894 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13895 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13896 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13902 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13906 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13907 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13908 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13909 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13914 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13915 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13916 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13917 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13922 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13923 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13924 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13925 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13930 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13931 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13932 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13933 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13938 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13939 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13940 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13941 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13942 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13949 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13950 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13955 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13956 object file when linking. */
13959 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13961 flagword old_flags
;
13962 flagword new_flags
;
13964 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13967 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13968 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13970 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13971 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13976 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
13979 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
13981 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13982 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13987 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
13990 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
13991 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13992 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
13994 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
13996 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
13997 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
13998 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13999 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
14001 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
14002 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
14003 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
14004 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
14006 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
14007 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14014 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14016 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14017 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14019 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14020 doesn't seem to matter. */
14021 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14022 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14024 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14025 just be able to ignore this. */
14026 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14027 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14029 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14030 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14031 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14033 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14036 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14037 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14038 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14039 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
14041 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14042 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14043 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14044 not affect compatibility. */
14045 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
14046 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
14047 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
14049 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
14050 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
14051 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
14053 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
14057 if (null_input_bfd
)
14062 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14063 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14065 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14066 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14071 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14072 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14073 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14074 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14076 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14077 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14079 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14080 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14082 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14083 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14087 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14089 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14090 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14092 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14093 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14094 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14095 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14096 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14097 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14098 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14100 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14101 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14102 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14103 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14104 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14105 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14109 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14110 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14111 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14113 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14114 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14119 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14120 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14122 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14123 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14124 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14125 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14126 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14128 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14129 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14130 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14131 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14133 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14134 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14136 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14137 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14140 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14141 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14144 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14145 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14146 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14148 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14149 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14150 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14151 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14152 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14153 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14155 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14157 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14158 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14160 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14161 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14165 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14167 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14168 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14171 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14172 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14174 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14175 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14176 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14177 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14183 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14190 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14193 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14195 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14196 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14198 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14199 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14204 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14208 default: return "";
14209 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14210 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14211 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14212 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14213 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14214 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14215 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14216 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14217 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14218 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14219 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14220 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14222 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14223 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14224 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14225 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14226 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14227 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14228 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14229 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14230 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14231 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14232 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14233 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14234 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14235 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14236 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14237 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14238 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14239 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14240 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14241 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14242 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14243 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14244 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14245 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14246 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14247 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14248 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14249 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14250 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14251 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14252 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14253 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14254 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14255 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14256 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14257 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14258 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14259 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14260 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14261 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14262 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14263 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14264 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14265 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14266 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14267 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14268 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14269 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14270 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14271 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14272 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14273 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14274 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14275 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14276 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14277 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14278 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14279 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14280 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14281 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14282 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14283 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14284 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14285 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14286 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14287 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14288 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14289 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14290 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14291 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14292 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14293 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14294 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14295 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14296 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14297 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14298 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14303 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14307 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14309 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14310 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14312 /* xgettext:c-format */
14313 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14315 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14316 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14317 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14318 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14319 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14320 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14321 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14322 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14323 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14324 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14325 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14326 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14327 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14328 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14330 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14332 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14333 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14334 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14335 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14336 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14337 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14338 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14339 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14340 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14341 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14342 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14343 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14344 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14345 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14346 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14347 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14348 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14349 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14351 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14353 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14354 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14356 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14357 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14359 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14360 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14362 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14363 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14365 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14367 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14368 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14370 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14371 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14373 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14374 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14376 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14377 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14379 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14380 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14382 fputc ('\n', file
);
14387 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14391 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14392 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14393 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14394 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14395 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14398 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14399 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14400 definiton of the symbol. */
14402 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14403 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14404 bfd_boolean definition
,
14405 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14407 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14409 unsigned char other
;
14411 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14412 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14413 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14417 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14418 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14421 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14422 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14424 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14426 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14430 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14432 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14433 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14434 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14437 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14438 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14441 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14442 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14445 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14446 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14450 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14452 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14453 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14455 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14458 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14459 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14461 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14462 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;